blob: 3d22321386585c8bf13f1ad6e9f278ef16dea4dd [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>(Context)) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000626Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000630
631 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
632 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
633 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
634 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
636 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
637 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
638 << D->getIdentifier();
639 return ExprError();
640 }
641 }
642 }
643 }
644
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000645 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000646
647 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000648 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000649 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
650 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000651 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000652 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000653 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
654
655 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000658/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
659/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
660/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000661static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
662 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
664 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
665
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000666 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
667 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
668 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000669 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000670 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
671 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000672 D != DEnd; ++D) {
673 if (*D == Record) {
674 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
675 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
676 ++D;
677 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000678 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000679 return *D;
680 }
681 }
682
683 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
684 return 0;
685}
686
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000687/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
688/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
689/// actual member.
690///
691/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
692/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
693/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
694/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
695/// we found.
696///
697/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
698/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
699/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
700VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
701 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000702 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
703 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
704 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
705
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000706 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
708 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
709 do {
710 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000711 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000713 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 else {
715 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
716 break;
717 }
718 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
719 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
720 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000721
722 return BaseObject;
723}
724
725Sema::OwningExprResult
726Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
727 FieldDecl *Field,
728 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
729 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
730 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
731 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
732 AnonFields);
733
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000734 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
735 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
736 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
737 // found via name lookup.
738 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
739 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
740 if (BaseObject) {
741 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
742 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000743 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000744 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000745 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000746 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000747 ExtraQuals
748 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
749 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
750 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
751 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
752 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
753 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
754 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
755 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
756 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
757 }
758 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
759 } else {
760 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
761 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
762 // program our base object expression is "this".
763 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
764 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
765 QualType AnonFieldType
766 = Context.getTagDeclType(
767 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
768 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
769 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
770 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
771 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
772 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000773 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000774 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000775 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
776 }
777 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000778 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
779 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 }
781 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
782 }
783
784 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000785 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
786 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787 }
788
789 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
790 // anonymous struct/union.
791 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
792 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
793 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
794 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
795 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
796 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
797 unsigned combinedQualifiers
798 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
799 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
800 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000801 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000802 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
803 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000804 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
805 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000806 }
807
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809}
810
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000811/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
812/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
813/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
814/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
815/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
816/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
817/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
818/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
819/// forms.
820///
821/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
822/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
823/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
824/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000825///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000826/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
827/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
828/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
829/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000830Sema::OwningExprResult
831Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
832 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000833 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000834 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000835 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000836 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
837 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000838
839 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
840 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
841 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
842 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000843 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000844 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000845 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
846 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000847 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000848 }
849
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000850 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
851 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000852
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
854 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
855 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
856 : SourceRange());
857 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000858 }
859
860 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000861
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000862 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
863 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000864 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
865 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000866 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
867 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000868 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
869 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
870 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000871 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000872 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000873 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000874 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
875 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000876 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000877 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000879
880 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
881 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
882 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
883 return ExprError();
884
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000885 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
886 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
887 // an error.
888 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
889 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
890 << IV->getDeclName());
891 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
892 // same name exists, use the global.
893 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000894 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
895 ClassDeclared != IFace)
896 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000897 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
898 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000899 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
900 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000901 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000902 return Owned(new (Context)
903 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000904 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000905 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000906 }
907 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000908 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
909 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
910 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000911 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000912 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
913 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000914 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
915 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000916 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000918 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000919 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000920 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000921 QualType T;
922
923 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
924 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
925 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
926 else
927 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000928 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000929 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000930 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000931
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000932 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
933 // argument-dependent lookup.
934 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
935 HasTrailingLParen;
936
937 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000938 // We've seen something of the form
939 //
940 // identifier(
941 //
942 // and we did not find any entity by the name
943 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
944 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
945 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
946 Context.OverloadTy,
947 Loc));
948 }
949
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000950 if (D == 0) {
951 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
952 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000953 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000954 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000955 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000956 else {
957 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
958 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000959 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000960 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
961 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000962 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
963 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
965 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000966 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000968 }
969 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000970
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000971 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
972 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
973 // not any specific instance's member.
974 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000975 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000976 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000977 QualType DType;
978 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
979 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
980 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
981 DType = Method->getType();
982 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
983 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
984 }
985 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
986 if (!DType.isNull()) {
987 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
988 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000989 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000990 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000991 }
992 }
993 }
994
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000995 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
996 // (C++ [class.union]).
997 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
998 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
999 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001000
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001001 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1002 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1003 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1004 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1005 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1006 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1007 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1008 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1009 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1010 QualType MemberType;
1011 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1012 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1013 MemberType = FD->getType();
1014
1015 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1016 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1017 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1018 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1019 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1020 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1021 }
1022 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1023 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1024 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1025 MemberType = Method->getType();
1026 }
1027 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1028 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1029 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1030 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1031 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1032 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1033 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1034 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1035 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1036 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1037 break;
1038 }
1039 }
1040 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001041
1042 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1044 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1045 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1046 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1047 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1048 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001049 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001050 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001051 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001052 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001053 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001054 }
1055 }
1056 }
1057 }
1058
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001059 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001060 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1061 if (MD->isStatic())
1062 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001063 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1064 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001065 }
1066
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001067 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1068 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1069 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1071 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001072 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001073
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001074 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001075 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001076 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001077 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001078 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001079 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001080
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001081 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001082 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001083 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1084 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001085 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001086 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1087 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001088 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001089
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001090 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1091 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1092 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1093 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1094 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1095 return ExprError();
1096
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001097 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001098 // Warn about constructs like:
1099 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1100 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001101
1102 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1103 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001104 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1105 Scope *CheckS = S;
1106 while (CheckS) {
1107 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001108 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001109 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001110 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1111 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001112 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001113 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1114 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001115 break;
1116 }
1117
1118 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1119 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1120 if (CheckS)
1121 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1122 }
1123 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001124 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1125 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1126 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1127 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1128 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1129 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1130 // type.
1131 QualType T = Func->getType();
1132 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001133 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1134 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001135 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001136 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001137 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001138
1139 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1140 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001141 return ExprError();
1142
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001143 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1144 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1145 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1146 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001147 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001148 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1149 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1150 //
1151 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001152 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001153 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001154 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00001155 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>(Context))
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001156 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001157 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1158 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001159 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001160
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001161 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001162 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1163 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001164 }
1165 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1166 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001167
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001168 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001169 bool ValueDependent = false;
1170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1171 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1172 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1173 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1174 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1175 TypeDependent = true;
1176 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1177 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1178 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1179 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1180 TypeDependent = true;
1181 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1182 // names a dependent type.
1183 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001184 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001185 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1186 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001187 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001188 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1189 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1190 TypeDependent = true;
1191 break;
1192 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001193 }
1194 }
1195 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001196
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001197 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1198 //
1199 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1200 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1201 if (TypeDependent)
1202 ValueDependent = true;
1203 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1204 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1205 ValueDependent = true;
1206 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1207 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001208 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1209 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1210 Dcl->getInit()) {
1211 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1212 }
1213 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001214 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001215
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001216 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1217 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001218}
1219
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001220Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1221 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001222 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001223
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001224 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001225 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001226 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1227 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1228 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001229 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001230
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001231 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1232 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001233 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001234 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1235 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001236 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1237 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1238 else {
1239 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1240 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1241 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1242 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001243
1244
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001245 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001246 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001247 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001248 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001249}
1250
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001251Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001252 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1253 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1254 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1255 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001256
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001257 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1258 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1259 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001260 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001261
1262 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1263
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001264 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1265 Literal.isWide(),
1266 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001267}
1268
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001269Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1270 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001271 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1272 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001273 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001274 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001275 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001276 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001277 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001278
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001279 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001280 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1281 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001282 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001283
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001284 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1285 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001287 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1288 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1289 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290 return ExprError();
1291
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001292 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001294 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001295 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001296 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001297 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001298 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001299 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001300 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001301 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001302
1303 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1304
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001305 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1306 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001307 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1308 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001310 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001312 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001313 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001314
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001315 // long long is a C99 feature.
1316 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001317 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001318 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1319
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001320 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001321 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001322
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001323 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1324 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1325 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001326 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1327 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001328 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329 } else {
1330 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1331 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001333 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1334 // be an unsigned int.
1335 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1336
1337 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001338 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001339 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1340 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001341 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001343 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1344 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1345 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1346 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001347 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001348 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001349 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001350 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001351 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001352 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001353
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001354 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001355 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001356 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001357
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001358 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1359 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1360 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1361 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001362 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001363 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001364 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001365 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001366 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001367 }
1368
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001370 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001371 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001373 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1374 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1375 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1376 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001377 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001378 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001379 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001380 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001381 }
1382 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001383
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001384 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1385 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001386 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001387 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001388 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001389 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001390 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001391
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001392 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1393 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001394 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001395 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001396 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001397
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001398 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1399 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001400 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1401 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001402
1403 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001404}
1405
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001406Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1407 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001408 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001409 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001410 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001411}
1412
1413/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1414/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001415bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001416 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1417 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1418 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001419 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1420 return false;
1421
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001422 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001423 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001424 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001425 if (isSizeof)
1426 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1427 return false;
1428 }
1429
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001430 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001431 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001432 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1433 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001434 return false;
1435 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001436
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001437 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1438 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1439 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1440 ExprRange))
1441 return true;
1442
1443 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001444 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001445 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001446 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1447 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001448 }
1449
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001450 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001451}
1452
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001453bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1454 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1455 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001456
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001457 // alignof decl is always ok.
1458 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1459 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001460
1461 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1462 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1463 return false;
1464
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001465 if (E->getBitField()) {
1466 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1467 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001468 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001469
1470 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1471 // bit-field.
1472 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1473 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1474 return false;
1475
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001476 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1477}
1478
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001479/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1480Action::OwningExprResult
1481Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1482 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1483 if (T.isNull())
1484 return ExprError();
1485
1486 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1487 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1488 return ExprError();
1489
1490 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1491 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1492 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1493 R.getEnd()));
1494}
1495
1496/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1497/// operand.
1498Action::OwningExprResult
1499Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1500 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1501 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1502 bool isInvalid = false;
1503 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1504 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1505 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1506 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001507 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001508 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1509 isInvalid = true;
1510 } else {
1511 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1512 }
1513
1514 if (isInvalid)
1515 return ExprError();
1516
1517 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1518 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1519 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1520 R.getEnd()));
1521}
1522
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001523/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1524/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1525/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001527Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1528 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001529 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001530 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001531
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001532 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001533 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1534 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1535 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001536
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001537 // Get the end location.
1538 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1539 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1540 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1541
1542 if (Result.isInvalid())
1543 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1544
1545 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001546}
1547
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001548QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001549 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1550 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001551
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001552 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001553 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1554 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001555
1556 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1557 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1558 return V->getType();
1559
1560 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1562 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001563 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001564}
1565
1566
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001567
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568Action::OwningExprResult
1569Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1570 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1571 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001573 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1574 switch (Kind) {
1575 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1576 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1577 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1578 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1581 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1582 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001583 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001584 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1585
1586 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1587 //
1588 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1589 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1590 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1591 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1592 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1593 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1594 // argument will have value zero.
1595 Expr *Args[2] = {
1596 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001597 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1598 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001599 };
1600
1601 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1602 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001603 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001604
1605 // Perform overload resolution.
1606 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001607 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001608 case OR_Success: {
1609 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1610 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1611
1612 if (FnDecl) {
1613 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1614 // operator.
1615
1616 // Convert the arguments.
1617 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1618 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001620 } else {
1621 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001622 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001623 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1624 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001626 }
1627
1628 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001629 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001630 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1631 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001634 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001635 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001636 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1637
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001638 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001639 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001640 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1641 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1642 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001643 } else {
1644 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1645 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1646 // operator node.
1647 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1648 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001649 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001650
1651 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001652 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653 }
1654
1655 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1656 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1657 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1658 break;
1659
1660 case OR_Ambiguous:
1661 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1662 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1663 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1664 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001666
1667 case OR_Deleted:
1668 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1669 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1670 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1671 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1672 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1673 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001674 }
1675
1676 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1677 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1678 // build a built-in operation.
1679 }
1680
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001681 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1682 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001683 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001684 return ExprError();
1685 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001686 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001687}
1688
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001689Action::OwningExprResult
1690Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1691 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1692 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1693 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001694
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001695 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001696 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1697 Base.release();
1698 Idx.release();
1699 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1700 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1701 }
1702
1703 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001705 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1706 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1707 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001708 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1709 // to the candidate set.
1710 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1711 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001712 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1713 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001715 // Perform overload resolution.
1716 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001717 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001718 case OR_Success: {
1719 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1720 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1721
1722 if (FnDecl) {
1723 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1724 // operator.
1725
1726 // Convert the arguments.
1727 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1728 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1729 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1730 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1731 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001732 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001733 } else {
1734 // Convert the arguments.
1735 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1736 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1737 "passing") ||
1738 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1739 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1740 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001741 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001742 }
1743
1744 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001745 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001746 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1747 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001748
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001749 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001750 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001752 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1753
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001754 Base.release();
1755 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001756 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1757 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001758 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1759 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001760 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001761 } else {
1762 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1763 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1764 // operator node.
1765 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1766 "passing") ||
1767 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1768 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001770
1771 break;
1772 }
1773 }
1774
1775 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1776 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1777 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1778 break;
1779
1780 case OR_Ambiguous:
1781 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1782 << "[]"
1783 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1784 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001785 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001786
1787 case OR_Deleted:
1788 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1789 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1790 << "[]"
1791 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1792 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1793 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001794 }
1795
1796 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1797 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1798 // build a built-in operation.
1799 }
1800
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001801 // Perform default conversions.
1802 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1803 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001804
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001805 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1806
1807 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001808 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001809 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001810 // and index from the expression types.
1811 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1812 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001813 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1814 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1815 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1816 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1817 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001818 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1819 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001820 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001821 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001822 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1823 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1824 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001825 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001826 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1827 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001828 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001829
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001830 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1831 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001832 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1833 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1834 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1835 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1836 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1837 // force the promotion here.
1838 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1839 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1840 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1841 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1842
1843 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1844 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1845 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1846 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1847 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1848 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1849 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1850 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1851 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1852
1853 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1854 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1855 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001856 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001857 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1858 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001860 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001861 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001862 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1863 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001864
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001865 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1866 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1867 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1868 // incomplete types are not object types.
1869 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1870 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1871 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1872 return ExprError();
1873 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001874
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001875 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001876 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001877 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001879
1880 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1881 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1882 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1883 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1884 return ExprError();
1885 }
1886
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001887 Base.release();
1888 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001890 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001891}
1892
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001893QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001894CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001895 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001896 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001897
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001898 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1899 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001900
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001901 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001902 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1903 // to be selected.
1904 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001905
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001906 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1907 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begemane2ed6f72009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001908 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001909
1910 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1911 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001912 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001913 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1914 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001915 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001916 do
1917 compStr++;
1918 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001919 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001920 do
1921 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001922 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001923 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001924
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001925 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001926 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1927 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001928 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1929 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001930 return QualType();
1931 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001932
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1934 // operates on.
1935 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1936 compStr = CompName.getName();
1937
1938 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001939 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001940
1941 while (*compStr) {
1942 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1943 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1944 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1945 return QualType();
1946 }
1947 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001948 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001949
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001950 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1951 // number of elements.
1952 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001953 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001954 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001955 return QualType();
1956 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001957
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001958 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001959 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001960 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001961 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001962 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1964 : CompName.getLength();
1965 if (HexSwizzle)
1966 CompSize--;
1967
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001968 if (CompSize == 1)
1969 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001970
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001971 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001972 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001973 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1974 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1975 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1976 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001977 }
1978 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001979}
1980
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001981static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1982 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001983 const Selector &Sel,
1984 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001985
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001987 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001988 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001989 return OMD;
1990
1991 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1992 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001993 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1994 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 return D;
1996 }
1997 return 0;
1998}
1999
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002000static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002001 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002002 const Selector &Sel,
2003 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002004 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2005 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002006 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002007 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002008 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002009 GDecl = PD;
2010 break;
2011 }
2012 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002013 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002014 GDecl = OMD;
2015 break;
2016 }
2017 }
2018 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002019 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002020 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2021 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002022 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002023 if (GDecl)
2024 return GDecl;
2025 }
2026 }
2027 return GDecl;
2028}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002029
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002030/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2031/// all base class implementations.
2032///
2033ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2034 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2035 const Selector &Sel) {
2036 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002037 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2038 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002039 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002040
2041 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2042 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2043 return Method;
2044}
2045
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002046Action::OwningExprResult
2047Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2048 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002049 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002050 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002051 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002052 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002053
2054 // Perform default conversions.
2055 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002056
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002057 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2058 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002059
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002060 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2061 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002062 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002063 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002064 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2065 BaseExpr, true,
2066 OpLoc,
2067 DeclarationName(&Member),
2068 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002069 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002070 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002071 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002072 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2073 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002074 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002075 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2076 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2077 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002078 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002079 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2080 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2081 // (so we'll report an error for)
2082 // T* t;
2083 // t.f;
2084 //
2085 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2086 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2087 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2088 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2089
2090 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2091 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002092 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2093 BaseExpr, false,
2094 OpLoc,
2095 DeclarationName(&Member),
2096 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002097 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002098 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002099
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002100 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2101 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002102 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002103 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002104 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002105 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2106 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2107 return ExprError();
2108
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002109 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002110 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002111 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002112 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002113 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002114
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002115 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2117 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002118 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2120 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2121 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002122 }
2123
2124 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002125
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002126 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2127 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2128 // error cases.
2129 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2130 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002131
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002132 // Check the use of this field
2133 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2134 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002135
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002136 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002137 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2138 // (C++ [class.union]).
2139 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002140 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002141 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002142
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002143 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2144 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002145 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002146 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2147 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2148 else {
2149 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2150 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002151 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002152 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2153 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2154 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002155
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002156 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002157 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2158 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002159 }
2160
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002161 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2162 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002163 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002164 Var, MemberLoc,
2165 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002166 }
2167 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2168 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002169 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002170 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2171 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002172 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002173 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2174 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002175 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002176 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002177 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2178 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002179 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2180 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002181 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002182 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002183 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2184 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002185
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002186 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2187 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2188 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002189 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2190 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2191 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002192 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002193
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002194 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2195 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002196 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002197 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002198 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2199 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002200 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002201 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2202 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2203 // error cases.
2204 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2205 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002206
2207 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2208 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2209 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002210 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2211 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002212 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2213 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2214 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002215 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2216 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2217 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002218 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2219 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2220 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2221 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002222 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002223 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2224 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2225 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2226 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2227 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2228 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002229 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002230
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002231 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002232 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002233 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002234 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2235 }
2236 // @protected
2237 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2238 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2239 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002240
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002241 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002242 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002243 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002244 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002245 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2246 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2247 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002248 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002249
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002250 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2251 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2252 const PointerType *PTy;
2253 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2254 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2255 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2256 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002257
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002258 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002259 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2260 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002261 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2262 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2263 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002264 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2265 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2266 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002267 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2268 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002269 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002270 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2271 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002272
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002273 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002274 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2275 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002276 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2277 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002278 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2279 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2280 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002281
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002282 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002283 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2284 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002285
2286 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2287 // selector is implemented.
2288
2289 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2290 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2291
2292 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002293 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002294
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002295 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2296 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002297 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002298
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002299 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2300 if (!Getter) {
2301 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2302 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002303 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002304 }
2305 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002306 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002307 // Check if we can reference this property.
2308 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2309 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002310 }
2311 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2312 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2313 Selector SetterSel =
2314 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2315 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002316 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002317 if (!Setter) {
2318 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2319 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002320 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002321 }
2322 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2323 if (!Setter) {
2324 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2325 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002326 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002327 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002328 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002329
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002330 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2331 return ExprError();
2332
2333 if (Getter || Setter) {
2334 QualType PType;
2335
2336 if (Getter)
2337 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2338 else {
2339 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2340 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2341 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2342 }
2343 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2344 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2345 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2346 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002347 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2348 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002349 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002350 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002352 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2353 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002354 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002355 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002356 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002357 // Check the use of this declaration
2358 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2359 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002360
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002361 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002362 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002364 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002365 // Check the use of this method.
2366 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2367 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002368
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002369 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002370 OMD->getResultType(),
2371 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2372 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002373 }
2374 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
2376 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2377 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002378 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002379 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2380 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2381 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2382 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2383 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002384 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2385 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002386 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002387 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002388 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002389 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002390 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002391 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002392 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2393 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2394 Selector SetterSel =
2395 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2396 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002397 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002398 if (!Setter) {
2399 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2400 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002401 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002402 }
2403 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2404 if (!Setter) {
2405 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2406 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002407 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002408 }
2409 }
2410
2411 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2412 return ExprError();
2413
2414 if (Getter || Setter) {
2415 QualType PType;
2416
2417 if (Getter)
2418 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2419 else {
2420 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2421 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2422 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2423 }
2424 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2425 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2426 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2427 }
2428 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2429 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002430 }
2431 }
2432
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002433 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002434 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002435 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2436 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002437 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002438 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002439 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002440 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002441
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002442 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2443 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2444
2445 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2446 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2447 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2448 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2449 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2450 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2451 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2452 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2453 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2454 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2455 }
2456
2457 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002458}
2459
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002460/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2461/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2462/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2463/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2464/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2465/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002466bool
2467Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002468 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002469 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002470 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2471 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002472 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002473 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2474 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2475 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002476 bool Invalid = false;
2477
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002478 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2479 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2480 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2481 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2482 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2483 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2484 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2485 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002486 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002487 }
2488
2489 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2490 // them.
2491 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2492 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2493 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2494 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2495 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2496 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2497 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2498 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002499 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002500 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002501 }
2502 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2503 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002504
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002505 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2506 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2507 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002508
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002509 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002510 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002511 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002512
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002513 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2514 ProtoArgType,
2515 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2516 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2517 return true;
2518
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002519 // Pass the argument.
2520 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2521 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002522 } else {
2523 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2524 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2525 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2526 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2527 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2528 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002529 } else {
2530 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2531
2532 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2533 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2534 // be properly destroyed.
2535 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2536 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2537 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2538 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2539 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2540 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2541 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002542 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002543
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002544 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002545 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002546 }
2547
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002548 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002550 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2551 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002552
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002553 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2554 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002555 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2556 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2557 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2558 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2559 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2560
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002561 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2562 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2563 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002564 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002565 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2566 }
2567 }
2568
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002569 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002570}
2571
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002572/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002573/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2574/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002575Action::OwningExprResult
2576Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2577 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002579 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002580 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002581 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002582 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002583 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002584 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002585 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002586
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002588 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002589 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002590 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2591 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002592 bool Dependent = false;
2593 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2594 Dependent = true;
2595 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2596 Dependent = true;
2597
2598 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002599 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002600 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2601
2602 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2603 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2604 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2605 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2606
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002607 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002608 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2609 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2610 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2611 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2612 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2613 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2614 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002615 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2616 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002617 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002618 }
2619
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002620 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002621 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002622 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2623 bool ADL = true;
2624 while (true) {
2625 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2626 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2627 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002628 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002629 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002630 ADL = false;
2631 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2632 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002633 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002634 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2635 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002636 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2637 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2638 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2639 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002640 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002641 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2642 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2643 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002644 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002645 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2646 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2647 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002648 break;
2649 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002650 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002651
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002652 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002653 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002654 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002655 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002656 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl())))
2657 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2658 else
2659 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002660 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002661 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002662 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002663
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002664 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2665 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002666 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002667 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002668 ADL = false;
2669
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002670 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2671 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2672 ADL = false;
2673
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002674 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002675 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2676 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002677 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2678 if (!FDecl)
2679 return ExprError();
2680
2681 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2682 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002683 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002684 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002685 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2686 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2687 false, false,
2688 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2689 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002690 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002691 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002692 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2693 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2694 Fn = NewFn;
2695 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002696 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002697
2698 // Promote the function operand.
2699 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2700
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002701 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2702 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002703 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2704 Args, NumArgs,
2705 Context.BoolTy,
2706 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002707
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002708 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2709 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2710 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2711 // have type pointer to function".
2712 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2713 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002714 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2715 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002716 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2717 } else { // This is a block call.
2718 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2719 getAsFunctionType();
2720 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002721 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002722 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2723 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2724
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002725 // Check for a valid return type
2726 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2727 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2728 FuncT->getResultType(),
2729 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2730 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2731 return ExprError();
2732
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002733 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002734 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002735
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002736 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002737 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002738 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002739 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002740 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002741 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002742
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002743 if (FDecl) {
2744 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2745 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2746 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002747 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2748 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2749 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2750 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2751 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2752 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2753 }
2754 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002755 }
2756
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002757 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002758 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2759 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2760 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002761 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2762 Arg->getType(),
2763 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2764 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2765 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002766 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002767 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002768 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002769
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002770 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2771 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002772 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2773 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002774
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002775 // Check for sentinels
2776 if (NDecl)
2777 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002778 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002779 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002780 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002781 if (NDecl)
2782 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002783
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002784 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002785}
2786
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002787Action::OwningExprResult
2788Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2789 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002790 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002791 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2792 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002793 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002794 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002795
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002796 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002797 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002798 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2799 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002800 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2801 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2802 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002803 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002804 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002805
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002806 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002807 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002808 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002809
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002810 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002811 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002812 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002813 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002814 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002815 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002816 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002817 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002818}
2819
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002820Action::OwningExprResult
2821Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002822 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2823 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2824 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002825
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002826 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002827 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002828
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002829 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002830 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002831 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002832 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002833}
2834
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002835/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002836bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002837 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2838
2839 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2840 // type needs to be scalar.
2841 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2842 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002843 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2844 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002845 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002846 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2847 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2848 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2849 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002850 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002851 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2852 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2853 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2854 // GCC cast to union extension
2855 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2856 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002857 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002858 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2859 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2860 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2861 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2862 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2863 break;
2864 }
2865 }
2866 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2867 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2868 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2869 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002870 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002871 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002872 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002873 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002874 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002875 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002876 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2877 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002878 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002879 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2880 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002881 return true;
2882 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2883 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2884 return true;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002885 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2886 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2887 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002888 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002889 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002890 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2891 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2892 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2893 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2894 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2895 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2896 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2897 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2898 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2899 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2900 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002901 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002902 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2903 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002904 return false;
2905}
2906
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002907bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002908 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002909
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002910 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002911 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002912 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002913 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002914 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002915 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002916 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002917 } else
2918 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002919 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002920 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002921
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002922 return false;
2923}
2924
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002925bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
2926 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
2927
2928 // If SrcTy is also an ExtVectorType, the types must be identical unless
2929 // lax vector conversions is enabled.
2930 if (SrcTy->isExtVectorType()) {
2931 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2932 Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) == Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
2933 return false;
2934 if (DestTy != SrcTy)
2935 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
2936 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
2937 return false;
2938 }
2939
2940 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, then only the total size must match.
2941 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
2942 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
2943 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
2944 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
2945 return false;
2946 }
2947
2948 // All scalar -> ext vector "c-style" casts are legal; the appropriate
2949 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
2950 // splat from elt type to vector.
2951 return false;
2952}
2953
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002954Action::OwningExprResult
2955Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2956 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2957 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2958 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002959
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002960 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002961 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2962
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002963 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002964 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002965 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002966 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002967}
2968
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002969/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2970/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002971/// C99 6.5.15
2972QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2973 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002974 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2975 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2976 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2977
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002978 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2979 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2980 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2981 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2982 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2983 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002984
2985 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002986 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2987 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2988 << CondTy;
2989 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002990 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002991
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002992 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002993
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002994 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2995 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002996 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2997 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2998 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002999 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003000
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003001 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3002 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003003 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3004 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003005 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003007 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003008 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003009 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003010 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003011
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003012 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003013 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003014 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3015 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3016 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3017 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3018 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3019 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3020 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3021 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3022 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003023 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003024 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003025 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3026 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003027 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
3028 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
3029 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3030 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3031 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003032 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003033 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
3034 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
3035 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3036 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3037 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003038 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003039
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003040 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
3041 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
3042 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3043 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3044
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00003045 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
3046 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003047 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
3048 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003049 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
3050 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
3051 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
3052 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003053
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003054 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3055 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
3056 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3057 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3058 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3059 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3060 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3061 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3062 return destType;
3063 }
3064 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
3065 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3066 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3067 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3068 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3069 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3070 return destType;
3071 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003072
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003073 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
3074 if (sameKind
3075 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3076 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3077 return LHSTy;
3078 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003079
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003080 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003081
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003082 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3083 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3084 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3085 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3086 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3087 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3088 // type. This allows
3089 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3090 // where B is a subclass of A.
3091 //
3092 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3093 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3094 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3095 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003096
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003097 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3098 // It could return the composite type.
3099 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3100 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3101 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3102 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3103 compositeType = LHSTy;
3104 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3105 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3106 compositeType = RHSTy;
3107 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3108 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3109 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3110 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3111 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003112 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3113 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003114 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3115 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3116 return QualType();
3117 } else {
3118 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3119 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3120 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3121 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003122 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3123 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003124 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003125 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003126 } else if (!sameKind
3127 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3128 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3129 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3130 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3131 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3132 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3133 // to get a consistent AST.
3134 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3135 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3136 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3137 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003138 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003139 // The pointer types are compatible.
3140 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3141 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3142 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3143 // type.
3144 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3145 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3146 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3147 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3148 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003149 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003150
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003151 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3152 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3153 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3154 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3156 return RHSTy;
3157 }
3158 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3159 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3160 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3161 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3162 return LHSTy;
3163 }
3164
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003165 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3166 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003167 // id with statically typed objects).
3168 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003169 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3170 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3171 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003172 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003173 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003174 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3175 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3176 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003177 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3178 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3179 // change the type of method sends.
3180
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003181 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3182 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3183 // cases. Investigate.
3184 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003185 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3186 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003187 return compositeType;
3188 }
3189 }
3190
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003191 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003192 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3193 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003194 return QualType();
3195}
3196
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003197/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003198/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003199Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3200 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3201 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3202 ExprArg RHS) {
3203 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3204 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003205
3206 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3207 // was the condition.
3208 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3209 if (isLHSNull)
3210 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003211
3212 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003213 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3214 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003215 return ExprError();
3216
3217 Cond.release();
3218 LHS.release();
3219 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003220 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003221 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3222 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003223}
3224
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003225
3226// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003227// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003228// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3229// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3230// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003231Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003232Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3233 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003234
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003235 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003236 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3237 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003238
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003239 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003240 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3241 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003242
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003243 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003244
3245 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3246 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3247 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003248 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003249 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003250 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003251
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003252 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3253 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003254 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003255 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003256 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003257 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003258
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003259 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003260 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3261 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003262 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003263
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003264 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003265 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003266 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003267
3268 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003269 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3270 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003271 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003272 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003273 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003274 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3275 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3276 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3277 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3278 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3279 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3280 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3281 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3282 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3283 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3284 }
3285 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3286 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3287 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3288 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3289 }
3290 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3291 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3292 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3293 // warning can be disabled.
3294 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3295 return ConvTy;
3296 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3297 }
3298 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3299 return IncompatiblePointer;
3300 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003301 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003302}
3303
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003304/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3305/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3306/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3307// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003308Sema::AssignConvertType
3309Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003310 QualType rhsType) {
3311 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003312
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003313 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3314 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003315 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3316
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003317 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3318 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3319 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003320
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003321 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003322
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003323 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3324 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3325 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003326
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003327 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003328 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003329 return ConvTy;
3330}
3331
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003332/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3333/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003334/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3335///
3336/// int a, *pint;
3337/// short *pshort;
3338/// struct foo *pfoo;
3339///
3340/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3341/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3342/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3343/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3344///
3345/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003346/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003347///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003348Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003349Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003350 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3351 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003352 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3353 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003354
3355 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003356 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003357
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003358 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3359 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3360 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3361 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3362 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3363 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3364 // type.
3365 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3366 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003367 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003368 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003369 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003370
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003371 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3372 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003373 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003374 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3375 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3376 return IntToPointer;
3377 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3378 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003379 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003380 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003381
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003382 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003383 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003384 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3385 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003386 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003387
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003388 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003389 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003390 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003391 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3392 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003393 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003394 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003395 }
3396 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003397 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003398
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003399 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003400 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003401
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003402 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003403 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003404 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003405
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003406 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003407 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003408
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003409 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003410 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003411 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003412
3413 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3414 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3415 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3416 return Compatible;
3417 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003418 return Incompatible;
3419 }
3420
3421 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3422 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003423 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003424
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003425 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3426 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3427 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3428 return Compatible;
3429
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003430 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3431 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003432
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003433 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3434 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003435 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003436 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003437 return Incompatible;
3438 }
3439
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003440 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003441 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003442 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3443 return Compatible;
3444
3445 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003446 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003447
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003448 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003449 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450
3451 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003452 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003453 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003454 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003455 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003456
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003457 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003458 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003459 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003460 }
3461 return Incompatible;
3462}
3463
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003464/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3465/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3466static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3467 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3468 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3469 // of the transparent union.
3470 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3471 &E, 1,
3472 SourceLocation());
3473 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3474 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3475
3476 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3477 // union type from this initializer list.
3478 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3479 false);
3480}
3481
3482Sema::AssignConvertType
3483Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3484 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3485
3486 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3487 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3488 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00003489 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>(Context))
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003490 return Incompatible;
3491
3492 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3493 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3494 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3495 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3496 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3497 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3498 it != itend; ++it) {
3499 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3500 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3501 // 1) void pointer
3502 // 2) null pointer constant
3503 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3504 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3505 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3506 InitField = *it;
3507 break;
3508 }
3509
3510 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3511 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3512 InitField = *it;
3513 break;
3514 }
3515 }
3516
3517 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3518 == Compatible) {
3519 InitField = *it;
3520 break;
3521 }
3522 }
3523
3524 if (!InitField)
3525 return Incompatible;
3526
3527 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3528 return Compatible;
3529}
3530
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003531Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003532Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003533 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3534 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3535 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3536 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3537 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003538 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3539 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003540 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003541 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003542 }
3543
3544 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3545 // structures.
3546 }
3547
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003548 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3549 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003550 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3551 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003552 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003553 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003554 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003555 return Compatible;
3556 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003557
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003558 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003559 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003560 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003561 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003562 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003563 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003564 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3565 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003566
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003567 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3568 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003569
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003570 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3571 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003572 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3573 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3574 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3575 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003576 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003577 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003578 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003579}
3580
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003581QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003582 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003583 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003584 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003585 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003586}
3587
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003588inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003589 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003590 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003591 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003592 QualType lhsType =
3593 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3594 QualType rhsType =
3595 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003596
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003597 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003598 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003599 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003600
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003601 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3602 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003603 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3604 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3605 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003606 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3607 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003608 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003609 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003610 }
3611 }
3612 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003613
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003614 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3615 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003616 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003617 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003618
3619 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003620 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3621 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003622 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003623 return lhsType;
3624 }
3625 }
3626
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003627 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003628 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003629 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003630 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3631
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003632 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003633 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3634 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003635 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003636 return rhsType;
3637 }
3638 }
3639
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003640 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003642 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003643 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003644 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003645}
3646
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003647inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003648 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003649{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003650 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003651 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003653 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003654
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003655 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003656 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003657 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003658}
3659
3660inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003661 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003662{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003663 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3664 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3665 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3666 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3667 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003668
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003669 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003670
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003671 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003672 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003673 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003674}
3675
3676inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003677 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003678{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003679 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3680 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3681 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3682 return compType;
3683 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003684
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003685 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003686
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003687 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003688 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3689 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3690 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003691 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003692 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003693
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003694 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3695 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3696 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3697 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3698
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003699 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003700 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003701 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3702 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3703 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003704 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3705 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003706 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003707 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003708 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003709
3710 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3711 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3712 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003713 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003714 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3715 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3716 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3717 return QualType();
3718 }
3719
3720 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3721 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3722 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3723 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003724 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003725 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003726 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3727 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003728 return QualType();
3729
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003730 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3731 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3733 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3734 return QualType();
3735 }
3736
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003737 if (CompLHSTy) {
3738 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3739 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3740 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003741 else {
3742 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3743 if (!T.isNull())
3744 LHSTy = T;
3745 }
3746
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003747 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3748 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003749 return PExp->getType();
3750 }
3751 }
3752
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003753 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003754}
3755
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003756// C99 6.5.6
3757QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003758 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3759 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3760 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3761 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3762 return compType;
3763 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003765 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003766
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003767 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003769 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003770 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3771 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003772 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003773 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003774 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003776 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3777 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003778 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003780 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003781
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003782 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3783 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3784 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3785 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3786 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3787 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3788 return QualType();
3789 }
3790
3791 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3792 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3793 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3794 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3795 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003796 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003797 return QualType();
3798 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003799
3800 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3801 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3802 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3803 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3804 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3805 lex->getSourceRange(),
3806 SourceRange(),
3807 lex->getType()))
3808 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003809
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003810 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3811 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3812 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3813 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3814 return QualType();
3815 }
3816
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003817 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003818 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3819 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3820 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3821 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3822 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3823 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3824 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3825 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3826
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003827 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003828 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003829 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003830
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003831 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3832 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003833 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003834
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003835 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3836 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3837 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3838 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3839 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3840 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3841 return QualType();
3842 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003843
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003844 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3845 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3846 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3847 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003848 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003849 return QualType();
3850 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003851
3852 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3853 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3854 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3855 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3856 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3857 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3858 rex->getSourceRange(),
3859 SourceRange(),
3860 rex->getType()))
3861 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003862
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003863 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3864 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3865 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3867 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3868 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3869 return QualType();
3870 }
3871 } else {
3872 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3873 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3874 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3875 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3876 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3877 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3878 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3879 return QualType();
3880 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003881 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003882
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003883 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3884 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3885 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3886 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3887 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3888 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3889 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003890
3891 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003892 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3893 }
3894 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003895
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003896 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003897}
3898
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003899// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003900QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003901 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003902 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3903 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003904 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003905
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003906 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3907 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003908 QualType LHSTy;
3909 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3910 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003911 else {
3912 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3913 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3914 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3915 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003916 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003917 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3918
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003919 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003920
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003921 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003922 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003923}
3924
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003925// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003926QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003927 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3928 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3929
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003930 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003931 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003932
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003933 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003934 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3935 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3936 else {
3937 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3938 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3939 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003940 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3941 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003942
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003943 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3944 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003945 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3946 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3947 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003948 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3949 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003950 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3951 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3952 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3953 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003954 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3955 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003956 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003957
3958 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3959 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3960 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3961 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3962
3963 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3964 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003965 Expr *literalString = 0;
3966 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003967 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003968 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3969 literalString = lex;
3970 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3971 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003972 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3973 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003974 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3975 literalString = rex;
3976 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3977 }
3978
3979 if (literalString) {
3980 std::string resultComparison;
3981 switch (Opc) {
3982 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3983 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3984 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3985 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3986 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3987 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3988 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3989 }
3990 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3991 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3992 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003993 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3994 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3995 "strcmp(")
3996 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3997 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003998 resultComparison);
3999 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004000 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004001
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004002 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004003 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004004
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004005 if (isRelational) {
4006 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004007 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004008 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004009 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004010 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004011 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004012 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004013 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004014
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004015 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004016 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004017 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004018
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004019 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4020 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004021
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004022 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4023 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4024 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004025 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004026 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004027 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004028 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004029 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004030
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004031 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4032 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4033 return ResultTy;
4034
4035 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4036 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4037 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4038 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4039 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4040 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4041 //
4042 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4043 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004044 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004045 if (T.isNull()) {
4046 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4047 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4048 return QualType();
4049 }
4050
4051 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4052 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4053 return ResultTy;
4054 }
4055
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004056 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004057 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4058 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004059 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004060 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004061 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004062 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004063 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004064 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004065 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004066 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004067 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4068 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4069 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4070 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4071 return ResultTy;
4072 }
4073 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4074 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4075 return ResultTy;
4076 }
4077 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4078 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4079 return ResultTy;
4080 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004081 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004082 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004083 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4084 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004085
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004086 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004087 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004088 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004089 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004090 }
4091 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004092 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004093 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004094 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004095 if (!isRelational
4096 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4097 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004098 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004099 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4100 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4101 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4102 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4103 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4104 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004105 }
4106 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004107 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004108 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004109
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004110 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004111 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004112 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4113 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004114 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004115 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004117 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004119 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4120 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004121 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004122 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004123 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004124 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004125 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004126 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004127 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004128 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004129 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4130 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004131 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004132 } else {
4133 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004134 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004135 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004136 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004137 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004138 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004139 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004140 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004141 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004142 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004143 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004144 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004145 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004146 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004147 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004148 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004150 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004151 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004152 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004153 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004154 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004155 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004156 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004157 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004158 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4159 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004160 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004161 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004162 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004163 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4164 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004165 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004166 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004167 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004168 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004169}
4170
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004171/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004172/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004173/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4174/// types.
4175QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004176 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004177 bool isRelational) {
4178 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4179 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004180 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004181 if (vType.isNull())
4182 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004183
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004184 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4185 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004186
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004187 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4188 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4189 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4190 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4191 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4192 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4193 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004194 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004195 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004196
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004197 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4198 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4199 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004200 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004201 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004202
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004203 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4204 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4205 if (1) {
4206 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4207 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4208 return QualType();
4209 }
4210
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004211 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4212 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4213 // elements for floating point vectors.
4214 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4215 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004216
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004217 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004218 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004219 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004220 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004221 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004222 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4223
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004224 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004225 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004226 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4227}
4228
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004229inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004230 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004231{
4232 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004233 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004234
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004235 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004236
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004237 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004238 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004239 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004240}
4241
4242inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004243 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004244{
4245 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4246 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004247
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004248 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004249 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004250 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004251}
4252
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004253/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4254/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4255/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4256///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004257static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004258{
4259 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4260 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4261 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4262 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4263 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004264 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004265 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4266 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4267 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4268 return true;
4269 }
4270 }
4271 return false;
4272}
4273
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004274/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4275/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4276static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004277 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4278 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4279 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004280 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4281 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004282 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4283 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004284
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004285 unsigned Diag = 0;
4286 bool NeedType = false;
4287 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4288 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4289 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004290 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004291 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4292 NeedType = true;
4293 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004294 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004295 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4296 NeedType = true;
4297 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004298 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004299 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4300 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004301 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004302 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4303 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004304 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4305 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004306 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004307 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4308 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004309 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004310 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4311 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004312 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004313 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4314 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004315 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4316 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4317 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004318 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4319 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4320 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004321 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004322
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004323 SourceRange Assign;
4324 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4325 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004326 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004327 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004328 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004329 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004330 return true;
4331}
4332
4333
4334
4335// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004336QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4337 SourceLocation Loc,
4338 QualType CompoundType) {
4339 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4340 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004341 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004342
4343 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4344 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004345
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004346 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004347 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004348 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004349 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004350 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4351 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4352 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4353 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4354 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4355 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4356 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004357
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004358 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4359 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4360 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004361 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004362 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4363 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4364 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4365 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4366 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004367 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004368 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004369 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4370 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4371 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004372 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4373 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004374 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4375 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4376 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004377 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004378 }
4379 } else {
4380 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004381 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004382 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004383
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004384 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4385 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004386 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004387
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004388 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4389 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004390 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004391 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4392 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004393 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004394 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004395 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396}
4397
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004398// C99 6.5.17
4399QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004400 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004401 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004402
4403 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4404 // incomplete in C++).
4405
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004406 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004407}
4408
4409/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4410/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004411QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4412 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004413 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4414 return Context.DependentTy;
4415
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004416 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4417 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004418
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004419 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4420 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4421 if (!isInc) {
4422 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4423 return QualType();
4424 }
4425 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4426 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4427 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004428 // OK!
4429 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4430 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004431 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004432 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4433 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4434 << Op->getSourceRange();
4435 return QualType();
4436 }
4437
4438 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004439 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004440 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004441 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4442 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4443 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4444 return QualType();
4445 }
4446
4447 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004448 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004449 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4450 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4451 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4452 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004453 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004454 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4455 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4456 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004457 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004458 } else {
4459 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004460 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004461 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004462 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004463 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004464 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004465 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004466 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004467 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004468}
4469
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004470/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004471/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004472/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4473/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4474/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4475/// - &(x) => x
4476/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4477/// - &s.xx => s
4478/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4479/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4480/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4481/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004482static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004483 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004484 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004485 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004486 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004487 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004488 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4489 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4490 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004491 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004492 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004493 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004494 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004495 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004496 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4497 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004498 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4499 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4500 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4501 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4502 }
4503 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004504 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004505 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4506 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004507
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004508 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004509 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4510 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4511 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4512 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4513 default:
4514 return 0;
4515 }
4516 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004517 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004518 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004519 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004520 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4521 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004522 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004523 default:
4524 return 0;
4525 }
4526}
4527
4528/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004529/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004530/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004531/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004532/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004533/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004534/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004535QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004536 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4537 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4538
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004539 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4540 return Context.DependentTy;
4541
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004542 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4543 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4544 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4545 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4546 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4547 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4548 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4549 }
4550 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4551 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4552 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004553 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004554 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004555
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004556 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4557 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004558 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004559 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004560 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004561 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4562 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004563 return QualType();
4564 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004565 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004566 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4567 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4568 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004569 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004570 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4571 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004572 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004573 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004574 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004575 return QualType();
4576 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004577 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004578 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4579 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4580 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004581 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4582 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004583 return QualType();
4584 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004585 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004586 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004587 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4588 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004589 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4590 // scope qualifier for the class.
4591 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4592 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4593 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4594 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4595 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4596 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004597 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004598 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004599 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004600 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4601 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4602 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4603 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004604 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004605 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004606
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004607 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4608 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4609 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4610 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4611 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4612 }
4613
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004614 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4615 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4616}
4617
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004618QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004619 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4620 return Context.DependentTy;
4621
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004622 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4623 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004624
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004625 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4626 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4627 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4628 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4629 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004630 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004631
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004632 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004633 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004634 return QualType();
4635}
4636
4637static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4638 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4639 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4640 switch (Kind) {
4641 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004642 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4643 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004644 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4645 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4646 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4647 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4648 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4649 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4650 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4651 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4652 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4653 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4654 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4655 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4656 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4657 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4658 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4659 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4660 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4661 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4662 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4663 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4664 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4665 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4666 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4667 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4668 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4669 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4670 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4671 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4672 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4673 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4674 }
4675 return Opc;
4676}
4677
4678static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4679 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4680 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4681 switch (Kind) {
4682 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4683 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4684 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4685 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4686 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4687 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4688 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4689 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4690 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004691 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4692 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4693 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4694 }
4695 return Opc;
4696}
4697
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004698/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4699/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4700/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004701Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4702 unsigned Op,
4703 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004704 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004705 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004706 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4707 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4708 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004709
4710 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004711 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4712 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4713 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004714 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4715 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4716 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4717 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4718 break;
4719 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004720 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4721 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4722 break;
4723 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4724 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4725 break;
4726 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4727 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4728 break;
4729 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4730 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4731 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004732 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004733 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4734 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4735 break;
4736 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4737 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4738 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4739 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004740 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004741 break;
4742 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4743 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004744 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004745 break;
4746 case BinaryOperator::And:
4747 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4748 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4749 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4750 break;
4751 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4752 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4753 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4754 break;
4755 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4756 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004757 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4758 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4759 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4760 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004761 break;
4762 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004763 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4764 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4765 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4766 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004767 break;
4768 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004769 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4770 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4771 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004772 break;
4773 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004774 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4775 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4776 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004777 break;
4778 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4779 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004780 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4781 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4782 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4783 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004784 break;
4785 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4786 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4787 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004788 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4789 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4790 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4791 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004792 break;
4793 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4794 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4795 break;
4796 }
4797 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004798 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004799 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004800 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4801 else
4802 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004803 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4804 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004805}
4806
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004807// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004808Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4809 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4810 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004811 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004812 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004813
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004814 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4815 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004816
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004817 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4818 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4819 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4820 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4821 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4822 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4823 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004824 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004825 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4826 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4827 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4828 Functions);
4829 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4830 DeclarationName OpName
4831 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4832 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004833 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004834
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004835 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4836 // binary operation.
4837 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004838 }
4839
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004840 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4841 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004842}
4843
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004844Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4845 unsigned OpcIn,
4846 ExprArg InputArg) {
4847 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004848
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004849 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004850 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004851 QualType resultType;
4852 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004853 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4854 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4855 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4856 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4857 break;
4858
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004859 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4860 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004861 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4862 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004863 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004865 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4866 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004867 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004868 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004869 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4870 break;
4871 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4872 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4873 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4874 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004875 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4876 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004877 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4878 break;
4879 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4880 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4881 break;
4882 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4883 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4884 resultType->isPointerType())
4885 break;
4886
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004887 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4888 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004889 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4890 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4891 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004892 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4893 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004894 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4895 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4896 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004897 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004898 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004899 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004900 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4901 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004902 break;
4903 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4904 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4905 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4906 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004907 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4908 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004909 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004910 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4911 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004912 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004913 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4914 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004915 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004916 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004917 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004918 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004919 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004920 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004921 resultType = Input->getType();
4922 break;
4923 }
4924 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004925 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004926
4927 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004928 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004929}
4930
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004931// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4932Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4933 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4934 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4935 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4936
4937 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4938 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4939 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4940 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4941 // the arguments.
4942 FunctionSet Functions;
4943 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4944 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4945 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4946 Functions);
4947 DeclarationName OpName
4948 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4949 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4950 }
4951
4952 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4953 }
4954
4955 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4956}
4957
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004958/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004959Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4960 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4961 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004962 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004963 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004964
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004965 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4966 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004967 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004968 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004969
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004970 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004971 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4972 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004973}
4974
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004975Sema::OwningExprResult
4976Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4977 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4978 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004979 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4980 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4981
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004982 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004983 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004984 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004985
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004986 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4987 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4988 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004989
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004990 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4991 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4992 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004993
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004994 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4995 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4996 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4997 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4998 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004999
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005000 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005001 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005002 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005003
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005004 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5005 // expressions are not lvalues.
5006
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005007 substmt.release();
5008 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005009}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005010
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005011Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5012 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5013 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5014 TypeTy *argty,
5015 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5016 unsigned NumComponents,
5017 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5018 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5019 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005020 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5021 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005022
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005023 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5024
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005025 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5026 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5027 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005028 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005029 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005030
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005031 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5032 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005033
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005034 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5035 // the offsetof designators.
5036 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5037 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005038 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005039 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005040
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005041 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5042 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005043 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5044 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005045 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005046 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5047 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005048
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005049 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005050 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005051
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005052 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5053 // leaks like a sieve.
5054 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5055 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5056 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5057 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5058 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5059 if (!AT) {
5060 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005061 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5062 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005063 }
5064
5065 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5066
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005067 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5068 // expression.
5069 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5070
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005071 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5072 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005073 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005074 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005075 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005076 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005077 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005078
5079 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5080 OC.LocEnd);
5081 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005082 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005083
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005084 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5085 if (!RC) {
5086 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005087 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5088 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005089 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005090
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005091 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5092 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005093 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005094 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005095 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5096 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5097 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005098 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5099 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005100 }
5101
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005102 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5103 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5104 LookupMemberName)
5105 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005106 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005107 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005108 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5109 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005110
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005111 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5112 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005113 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005114 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5115 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005116 } else {
5117 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5118 // doesn't matter here.
5119 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5120 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5121 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005122 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005123 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005124
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005125 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5126 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005127}
5128
5129
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005130Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5131 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5132 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005133 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5134 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005135
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005136 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005137
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005138 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5139 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5140 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5141 return ExprError();
5142 }
5143
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005144 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5145 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005146}
5147
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005148Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5149 ExprArg cond,
5150 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5151 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5152 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5153 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5154 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005155
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005156 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5157
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005158 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005159 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005160 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5161 } else {
5162 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5163 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5164 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5165 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005166 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5167 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5168 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005169
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005170 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5171 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5172 }
5173
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005174 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5175 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5176 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005177}
5178
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005179//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5180// Clang Extensions.
5181//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5182
5183/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005184void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005185 // Analyze block parameters.
5186 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005187
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005188 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5189 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5190 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005191
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005192 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005193 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005194 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005195 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5196 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005197
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005198 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005199 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005200}
5201
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005202void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005203 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005204
5205 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5206 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005207 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005208 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5209
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005210 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5211 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5212 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5213 return;
5214 }
5215
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005216 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5217 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5218 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5219
5220 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5221 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005222 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005223 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005224 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005225 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005226 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5227 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005228 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5229
5230 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5231 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5232 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5233 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5234 return;
5235 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005236 return;
5237 }
5238
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005239 // Analyze arguments to block.
5240 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5241 "Not a function declarator!");
5242 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005243
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005244 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5245 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005246
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005247 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5248 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5249 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5250 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005251 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5252 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005253 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005254 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005255 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5256 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005257 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005258 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005259 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005260 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005261 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005262 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005263 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005264 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5265 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5266 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5267 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5268 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005269
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005270 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005271 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
5272 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005273 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005274 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005275 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5276 }
5277
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005278 // Analyze the return type.
5279 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5280 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5281
5282 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5283 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5284 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5285 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5286 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005287 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005288}
5289
5290/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5291/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5292void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5293 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5294 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005295
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005296 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5297
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005298 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005299 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005300 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005301 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005302}
5303
5304/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5305/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005306Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5307 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005308 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5309 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5310 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5311
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005312 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5313 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005314
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005315 PopDeclContext();
5316
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005317 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5318 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005319
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005320 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005321 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5322 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005323
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005324 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5325 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5326 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005327
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005328 QualType BlockTy;
5329 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman45b1e222009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005330 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005331 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005332 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005333 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005334
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005335 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005336 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005337 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005339 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5340 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5341 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5342 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5343
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005344 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005345 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5346 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005347}
5348
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005349Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5350 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5351 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005352 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005353 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5354 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5355
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005356 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005357
5358 // Get the va_list type
5359 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005360 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5361 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5362 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5363 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005364 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005365 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5366 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5367 } else {
5368 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5369 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005370 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5371 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005372 return ExprError();
5373 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005374
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005375 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5376 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005377 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5378 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005379 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005380 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005381
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005382 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005383 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005384
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005385 expr.release();
5386 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5387 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005388}
5389
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005390Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005391 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5392 // pointers on the target.
5393 QualType Ty;
5394 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5395 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5396 else
5397 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5398
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005399 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005400}
5401
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005402bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5403 SourceLocation Loc,
5404 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5405 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5406 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5407 bool isInvalid = false;
5408 unsigned DiagKind;
5409 switch (ConvTy) {
5410 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5411 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005412 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005413 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5414 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005415 case IntToPointer:
5416 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5417 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005418 case IncompatiblePointer:
5419 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5420 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005421 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5422 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5423 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005424 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5425 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5426 break;
5427 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005428 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5429 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5430 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5431 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5432 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5433 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5434 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5435 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5436 // C++ semantics.
5437 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5438 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5439 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005440 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5441 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005442 case IntToBlockPointer:
5443 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5444 break;
5445 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005446 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005447 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005448 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005449 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005450 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5451 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5452 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005453 case IncompatibleVectors:
5454 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5455 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005456 case Incompatible:
5457 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5458 isInvalid = true;
5459 break;
5460 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005461
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005462 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5463 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005464 return isInvalid;
5465}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005466
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005467bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005468 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5469 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5470 if (Result)
5471 *Result = ICEResult;
5472 return false;
5473 }
5474
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005475 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5476
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005477 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005478 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5479 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5480
5481 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5482 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5483 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5484 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5485 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5486 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5487 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005488
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005489 return true;
5490 }
5491
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005492 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5493 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005494
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005495 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5496 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5497 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005498
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005499 if (Result)
5500 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5501 return false;
5502}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005503
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005504Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5505Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5506 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5507 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5508 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5509
5510 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5511 return NewContext;
5512}
5513
5514void
5515Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5516 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5517 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5518
5519 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5520 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5521 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5522 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5523 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5524 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5525 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5526
5527 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5528 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5529 I != IEnd; ++I)
5530 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5531 }
5532}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005533
5534/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5535///
5536/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5537/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5538/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5539/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5540///
5541/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5542///
5543/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5544void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5545 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5546
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005547 if (D->isUsed())
5548 return;
5549
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005550 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5551 // template or not.
5552 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5553 D->setUsed(true);
5554
5555 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5556 // an instantiation.
5557 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5558 return;
5559
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005560 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5561 case Unevaluated:
5562 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5563 return;
5564
5565 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5566 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5567 // "used"; handle this below.
5568 break;
5569
5570 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5571 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5572 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5573 // potentially evaluated.
5574 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5575 return;
5576 }
5577
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005578 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005579 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005580 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005581 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5582 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5583 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5584 }
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005585 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5586 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5587 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5588 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5589 }
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005590 // FIXME: more checking for other implicits go here.
5591 else
5592 Constructor->setUsed(true);
Fariborz Jahaniand67364c2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005593 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5594 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5595 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5596 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5597 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5598 }
5599 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005600 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005601 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5602 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005603 if (!Function->getBody(Context)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005604 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5605 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5606 // instantiated, naturally).
5607 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5608 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005609 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005610 }
5611
5612
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005613 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005614 Function->setUsed(true);
5615 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005616 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005617
5618 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5619 (void)Var;
5620 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5621 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5622 D->setUsed(true);
5623 }
5624}
5625